blob: d4eb0992a35795e44a69197885fdaa96f52ea6f4 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100489- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200490 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100491
492 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
493 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
494 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200496 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200497
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100498 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
499 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200500 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100501 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200502
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200503- MIPS CPU options:
504 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
505
506 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
507 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
508 relocation.
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
511
512 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
513 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
514 Possible values are:
515 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
516 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
517 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
518 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
519 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
520 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
521 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
522 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
525
526 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
527 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
528
529 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
530
531 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
532 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
533 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
534
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000535- ARM options:
536 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
537
538 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
539 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
540
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000541 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
542
543 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
544 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
545 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
546 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
547 GCC.
548
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000549 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000550 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
551 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
552 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
553
554 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
555 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
556 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
557 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
558 set these options unless they apply!
559
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000560- CPU timer options:
561 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
562
563 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
564 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
565 option must be set to 1000.
566
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000567- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
569
570 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
571 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
572 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
573 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
574 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
575 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
576 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000577 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100578 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 default environment.
580
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000581 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
582
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200583 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000584 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
585 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
586
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400587 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200588
589 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400590 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
591 concepts).
592
593 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
594 * New libfdt-based support
595 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500596 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400597
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200598 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
599 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
600 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
601 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200602 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600603 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200604
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200605 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
606 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500607
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600608 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
609
610 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
611 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000612
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500613 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
614
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200615 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500616 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
617
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200618 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
619
620 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
621 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
622 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
623 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
624 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
625 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
626
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000627 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
628
629 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
630 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
631 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
632 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
633 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
634 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
635 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
636
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100637- vxWorks boot parameters:
638
639 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
640 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
641 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
642
643 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
644 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
645 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
646 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
647
648 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
649
650 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
651
652 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
653 the defaults discussed just above.
654
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000655- Cache Configuration:
656 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
657 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
658 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
659
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000660- Cache Configuration for ARM:
661 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
662 controller
663 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
664 controller register space
665
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000666- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200667 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000668
669 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
670
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200671 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000672
673 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
674
675 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
676
677 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
678 the clock speed of the UARTs.
679
680 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
681
682 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
683 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
684 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
685
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000686 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
687
688 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
689 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
690 this variable to initialize the extra register.
691
692 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
693
694 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
695 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
696 variable to flush the UART at init time.
697
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000698
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000699- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000700 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
701 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
702 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
703 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
705 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
706 port routines must be defined elsewhere
707 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
708
709 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
710 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000711 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000712 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
713 (default big endian)
714 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
715 rectangle fill
716 (cf. smiLynxEM)
717 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
718 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
719 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
720 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000721 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
722 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000723 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
724 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000725 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
727 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
728 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
729 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
730 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
731 (i.e. i8042_getc)
732 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
733 (requires blink timer
734 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200735 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
737 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500738 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000739 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
740 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000741 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
742 linux_logo.h for logo.
743 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000744 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200745 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000746 the logo
747
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000748 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
749 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
750 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
751
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000752 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
753 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
754 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000756 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
757 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
758 the "silent" environment variable. See
759 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000760
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200761 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
762 is 0x00.
763 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
764 is 0xa0.
765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000766- Console Baudrate:
767 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
768 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
770 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000771
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100772- Console Rx buffer length
773 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
774 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100775 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100776 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
777 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
778 the SMC.
779
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000780- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200781 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
782 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
783 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
784 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
785 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
786 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
787 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200788 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200789 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000790
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200791 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
792 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000793
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000794- Safe printf() functions
795 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
796 the printf() functions. These are defined in
797 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
798 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
799 If this option is not given then these functions will
800 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
801 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000803- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
804 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
805 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000806 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
807 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808
809 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
810 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
811 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
812 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
813 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
814 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
815 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
816 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
817 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
818 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
819 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
820 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
821
822- Autoboot Command:
823 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
824 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
825 define a command string that is automatically executed
826 when no character is read on the console interface
827 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
828
829 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000830 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
831 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
832 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833
834 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000835 The value of these goes into the environment as
836 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
837 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200838 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100840- Bootcount:
841 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
842 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
843 cycle, see:
844 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
845
846 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
847 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
848 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
849 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
850 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
851 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
852 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
853 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
854 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
855
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000856- Pre-Boot Commands:
857 CONFIG_PREBOOT
858
859 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
860 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
861 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
862 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
863 entering interactive mode.
864
865 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
866 automatically generated or modified. For an example
867 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
868 modified when the user holds down a certain
869 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
870 booting the systems
871
872- Serial Download Echo Mode:
873 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
874 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
875 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
876 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
877 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
878 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
879 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
880
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500881- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
883 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200884 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
886- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
888 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000889 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
890 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 and augmenting with additional #define's
892 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 The default command configuration includes all commands
895 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
899 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
900 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
901 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
902 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
903 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800904 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
908 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
909 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600910 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
911 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
912 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
913 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
915 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500917 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
918 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600919 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600920 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000923 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
924 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700925 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
926 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500927 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500928 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000929 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
931 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
932 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200933 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000934 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500935 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000936 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000937 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500938 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
939 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
940 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
941 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000942 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200943 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000946 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
948 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
949 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
950 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200951 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000952 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
953 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500954 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
955 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200956 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400957 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000958 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000960 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200961 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
963 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
964 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100965 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
967 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200968 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600969 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000970 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
972 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
973 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
974 host
975 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000976 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500977 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
978 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000979 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
981 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
982 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
983 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
984 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
985 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700986 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200987 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400988 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800989 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200990 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500991 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000993 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
995 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000998 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001001
1002 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1003 support you can write:
1004
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001005 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1006 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001008 Other Commands:
1009 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010
1011 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001013 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1014 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1015 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1016 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1017 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1018 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019
1020
1021 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1022
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001023- Regular expression support:
1024 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1026 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1027 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1028 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001029
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001030- Device tree:
1031 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1033 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1034 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1035 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1036 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1037
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001038 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1039 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001040
1041 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1043 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1044 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1045 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1046 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001047
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001048 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1050 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1051 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1052
1053 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1054
1055 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1056 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1057 still use the individual files if you need something more
1058 exotic.
1059
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060- Watchdog:
1061 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1062 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001063 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1064 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1065 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1066 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1067 available, then no further board specific code should
1068 be needed to use it.
1069
1070 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1071 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1072 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1073 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001075- U-Boot Version:
1076 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1077 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1078 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1079 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001080 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1081 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001082
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001083- Real-Time Clock:
1084
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001085 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001086 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1087 following options:
1088
1089 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1090 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001091 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001092 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001093 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001094 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001095 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001096 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001097 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001098 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001099 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001100 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1101 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001103 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1104 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1105
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001106- GPIO Support:
1107 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001108
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001109 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1110 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1111 pins supported by a particular chip.
1112
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001113 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1114 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001116- Timestamp Support:
1117
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001118 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1119 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1120 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001121 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001122
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001123- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1124 Zero or more of the following:
1125 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1126 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1127 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1128 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1129 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1130 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1131 disk/part_efi.c
1132 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001134 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1135 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001136 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001137
1138- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001139 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1140 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001141
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001142 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1143 be performed by calling the function
1144 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1145 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146
1147- ATAPI Support:
1148 CONFIG_ATAPI
1149
1150 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1151
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001152- LBA48 Support
1153 CONFIG_LBA48
1154
1155 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001156 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001157 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1158 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001160 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001161 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1162 Default is 32bit.
1163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164- SCSI Support:
1165 At the moment only there is only support for the
1166 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1167 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001169 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1170 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1171 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1173 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001174 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001175
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001176 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1177 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001179- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001180 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001181 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1182
1183 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1184 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1185 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1186 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1187
1188 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1189 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1190 example with the "sspi" command.
1191
1192 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1193 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1194 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001195
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001196 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001197 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1200 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001201 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202 write routine for first time initialisation.
1203
1204 CONFIG_TULIP
1205 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1206 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1207 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1208
1209 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1210 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1211
1212 CONFIG_NS8382X
1213 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1214
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001215- NETWORK Support (other):
1216
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001217 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1218 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1219
1220 CONFIG_RMII
1221 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1222
1223 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1224 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1225 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1226
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001227 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1228 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1229
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001230 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001231 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1232
1233 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1234 Define this to hold the physical address
1235 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1236
1237 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1238 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1239
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001240 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001241 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1242
1243 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1244 Define this to hold the physical address
1245 of the device (I/O space)
1246
1247 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1248 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1249
1250 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1251 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1252 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1253
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001254 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1255 Support for davinci emac
1256
1257 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1258 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1259
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001260 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1261 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1262
1263 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1264 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1265 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1266 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1267 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1268 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1269 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1270 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1271
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001272 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001273 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1274
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001275 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001276 Define this to hold the physical address
1277 of the device (I/O space)
1278
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001279 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001280 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1281
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001282 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001283 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1284 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001285 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001286
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001287 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1288 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1289
1290 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1291 Define the number of ports to be used
1292
1293 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1294 Define the ETH PHY's address
1295
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001296 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1297 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1298
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001299- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001300 CONFIG_TPM
1301 Support TPM devices.
1302
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001303 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1304 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1305 per system is supported at this time.
1306
1307 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1308 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1309
1310 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1311 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1312
1313 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1314 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1315
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001316 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1317 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1318
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001319 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001320 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1321 per system is supported at this time.
1322
1323 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1324 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1325 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1326 0xfed40000.
1327
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001328 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1329 Add tpm monitor functions.
1330 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1331 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1332
1333 CONFIG_TPM
1334 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1335 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1336 Requires support for a TPM device.
1337
1338 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1339 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1340 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1341
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001342- USB Support:
1343 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001344 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001345 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1346 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001347 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001348 storage devices.
1349 Note:
1350 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1351 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001352 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1353 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1354 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001355 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1356 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001357 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1358 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1359 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001360 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1361 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001362 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001363 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1364 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001365
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001366 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1367 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1368
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001369 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1370 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1371
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001372- USB Device:
1373 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1374 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1375 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001376 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001377 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1378 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001379 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001380 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1381 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1382 a Linux host by
1383 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1384 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1385 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1386 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001387
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001388 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1389 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001391 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1392 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1393 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301395 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1396 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1397 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1398 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1399 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1400 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1401 speed.
1402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001403 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001404 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1405 be set to usbtty.
1406
1407 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001408 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001409 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001410 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001412 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001413 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001414 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001415
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001416 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001417 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001418 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001419 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1420 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1421 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1422
1423 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1424 Define this string as the name of your company for
1425 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001426
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001427 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1428 Define this string as the name of your product
1429 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1430
1431 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1432 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1433 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1434 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1435 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001436
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001437 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1438 Define this as the unique Product ID
1439 for your device
1440 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001441
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001442 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1443 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1444 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1445 This enables function definition:
1446 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1447 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1448
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001449- ULPI Layer Support:
1450 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1451 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1452 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1453 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1454 viewport is supported.
1455 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1456 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001457 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1458 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1459 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001460
1461- MMC Support:
1462 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1463 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1464 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1465 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001466 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1467 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001469 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1470 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1471
1472 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1473 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1474
1475 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1476 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1477
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001478- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1479 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1480 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1481
1482 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1483 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1484 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1485 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1486 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1487
1488 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1489 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1490
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001491 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1492 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1493
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301494 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1495 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1496 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1497 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1498 one that would help mostly the developer.
1499
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001500 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1501 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1502 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1503 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1504 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1505
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001506 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1507 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1508 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1509 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1510 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1511 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1512
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001513- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1514 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1515 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1516 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001518 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1519 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001520 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001522 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001523 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1524 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1525
1526 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001527 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001528 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1529 have not defined a custom partition
1530
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001531- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1532 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001533
1534 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1535 file in FAT formatted partition.
1536
1537 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1538 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001539
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001540CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1541 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1542
1543 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1544 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1545 and cbfsload.
1546
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001547- Keyboard Support:
1548 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1549
1550 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1551 support
1552
1553 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1554 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1555 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1556 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1557 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1558
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001559 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1560 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1561 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1562 which provides key scans on request.
1563
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001564- Video support:
1565 CONFIG_VIDEO
1566
1567 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1568 video).
1569
1570 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1571
1572 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1573
1574 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001575 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001576 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1577 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1578 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001579
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001580 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001581 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001582 are possible:
1583 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001584 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001585
1586 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1587 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1588 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1589 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1590 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1591 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1592 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001593 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1594
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001595 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001596 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001597
1598
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001599 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001600 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001601 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1602 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1603
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001604 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001605 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001606 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1607 support, and should also define these other macros:
1608
1609 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1610 CONFIG_VIDEO
1611 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1612 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1613 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1614 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1615 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1616 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1617
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001618 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1619 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1620 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1621 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001622
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001623 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1624
1625 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1626 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1627 driver.
1628
1629
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001630- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001631 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001632
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001633 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1634 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1635 defined in your board-specific files.
1636 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001637
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1639
1640 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1641 display); also select one of the supported displays
1642 by defining one of these:
1643
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001644 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1645
1646 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1647
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001648 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001649
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001650 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001651
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001652 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001653
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001654 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1655 Active, color, single scan.
1656
1657 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1658
1659 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001660 Active, color, single scan.
1661
1662 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1663
1664 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1665 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1666
1667 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1668
1669 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1670 Active, color, single scan.
1671
1672 CONFIG_HLD1045
1673
1674 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1675 Active, color, single scan.
1676
1677 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1678
1679 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1680 or
1681 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1682 or
1683 Hitachi SP14Q002
1684
1685 320x240. Black & white.
1686
1687 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001688 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001689
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001690 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1691
1692 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1693 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1694 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1695 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1696 a per-section basis.
1697
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001698 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1699
1700 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1701 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1702 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1703 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001704
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001705 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1706
1707 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1708
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001709 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1710
1711 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1712 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1713
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001714- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001715
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001716 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1717 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1718 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001719 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001720 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1721 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1722 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1723 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001724
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001725 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1726
1727 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1728 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1729 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1730 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1731 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1732 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1733 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1734 there is no need to set this option.
1735
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001736 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1737
1738 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1739 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1740 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1741 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1742 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1743 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1744
1745 Example:
1746 setenv splashpos m,m
1747 => image at center of screen
1748
1749 setenv splashpos 30,20
1750 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1751
1752 setenv splashpos -10,m
1753 => vertically centered image
1754 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1755
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001756- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1757
1758 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1759 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1760 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1761
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001762- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1763
1764 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1765 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1766 bmp command.
1767
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001768- Do compresssing for memory range:
1769 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1770
1771 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1772 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1773
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001774- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001775 CONFIG_GZIP
1776
1777 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1778
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001779 CONFIG_BZIP2
1780
1781 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1782 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1783 compressed images are supported.
1784
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001785 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001786 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001787 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001788
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001789 CONFIG_LZMA
1790
1791 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1792 images is included.
1793
1794 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1795 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1796 formula:
1797
1798 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1799
1800 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1801 and Literal pos bits.
1802
1803 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1804 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1805 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1806 a very small buffer.
1807
1808 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1809 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001810 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001811
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001812 CONFIG_LZO
1813
1814 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1815 is included.
1816
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001817- MII/PHY support:
1818 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1819
1820 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1821
1822 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1823
1824 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1825
1826 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1827
1828 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001829 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001830
1831 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1832
1833 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1834 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1835 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1836 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1837
1838 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1839
1840 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1841 command issued before MII status register can be read
1842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001843- Ethernet address:
1844 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001845 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1847 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001848 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1849 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001850
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001851 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1852 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001853 is not determined automatically.
1854
1855- IP address:
1856 CONFIG_IPADDR
1857
1858 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001859 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001860 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001861 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001862
1863- Server IP address:
1864 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1865
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001866 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001868 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001869
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001870 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1871
1872 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1873 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1874
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001875- Gateway IP address:
1876 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1877
1878 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1879 default router where packets to other networks are
1880 sent to.
1881 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1882
1883- Subnet mask:
1884 CONFIG_NETMASK
1885
1886 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1887 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1888 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1889 forwarded through a router.
1890 (Environment variable "netmask")
1891
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001892- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1893 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1894
1895 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1896 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001897 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001898 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1899 multicast group.
1900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1902 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1903
1904 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1905 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1906 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1907 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1908 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1909 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1911 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001912 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913
1914 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1915 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1916 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1917 4th and following
1918 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1919
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001920- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001921 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1922 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001923
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001924 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1925 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1926 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1928 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1929 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1931 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1932 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1933 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1935 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001936 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001937
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001938 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1939 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001940
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001941 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1942 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1943 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1944 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1945 is not available.
1946
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001947 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1948 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1949 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1950 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1951 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1952 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1953 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001954 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001955
1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1957 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1958 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001959 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001960 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1961 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001962
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001963 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1964
1965 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1966 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1967 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1968 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1969 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1970 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1971 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1972 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1973 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1974 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1975 this delay.
1976
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001977 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1978 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1979 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1980 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1981 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1982
1983 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1984
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001985 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001986 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001987
1988 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1989
1990 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1991
1992 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1993 of the device.
1994
1995 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1996
1997 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1998 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001999 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2002
2003 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2004 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2005
2006 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2007
2008 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2009
2010 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2011
2012 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2013
2014 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2015
2016 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2017
2018 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2019
2020 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2021 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2022
2023 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2024
2025 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2026
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2028
2029 Several configurations allow to display the current
2030 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2031 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2032 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2033 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2034 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2035 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2036 feature in U-Boot.
2037
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002038 Additional options:
2039
2040 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2041 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2042 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2043 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2044 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2045
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002046 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2047 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2048 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2049 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2050 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2051 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2052
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002053- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2054
2055 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2056 on those systems that support this (optional)
2057 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2058
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002059- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002061 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2062 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2063 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2064 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2065 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2066 interface.
2067
2068 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002069 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2070 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2071 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2072 for defining speed and slave address
2073 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2074 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2075 for defining speed and slave address
2076 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2077 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2078 for defining speed and slave address
2079 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2080 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2081 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002082
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002083 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2084 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2085 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2086 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2087 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2088 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002089 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002090 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2091 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2092 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2093 second bus.
2094
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002095 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002096 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2097 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2098 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002099
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002100 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2101 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2104
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002105 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2106 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2107 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2108 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2109 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2110 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2111 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2112 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2113 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2114 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2115
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002116 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2117 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2118 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2119
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2128 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2129
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002130 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2131 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2132 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2133
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2146 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2147
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002148 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2160
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002161 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2162 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2163 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2164 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2165
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302166 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2167 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2168 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2169 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2170 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2171
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002172 additional defines:
2173
2174 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2175 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2176 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2177 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2178 omit this define.
2179
2180 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2181 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2182 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2183 omit this define.
2184
2185 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2186 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2187 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2188 define.
2189
2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2191 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2192 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2193 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2194 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2195
2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2197 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2198 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2199 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2200 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2201 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2202 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2203 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2204 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2205 }
2206
2207 which defines
2208 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002209 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2210 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2211 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2212 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2213 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002214 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002215 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2216 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002217
2218 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2219
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002220- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002221
2222 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2223 provides the following compelling advantages:
2224
2225 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2226 - approved multibus support
2227 - better i2c mux support
2228
2229 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2230
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002231 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2232 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2233 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002235 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002236 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002237 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2238 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002239 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002241 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002243 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002244 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002246 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002247 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002248 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002249 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002250
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002251 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002252 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002253 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2254 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2255 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002256
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2258
2259 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2260 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2261 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2262 commands until the slave device responds.
2263
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002264 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002265
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002266 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002267 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2268 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
2270 I2C_INIT
2271
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002272 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002273 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002275 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 I2C_PORT
2278
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002279 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2280 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2281 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282
2283 I2C_ACTIVE
2284
2285 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2286 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2287 define can be null.
2288
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002289 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2290
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291 I2C_TRISTATE
2292
2293 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2294 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2295 define can be null.
2296
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002297 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299 I2C_READ
2300
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002301 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2302 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002304 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306 I2C_SDA(bit)
2307
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002308 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2309 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002311 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002312 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002313 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002314
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315 I2C_SCL(bit)
2316
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002317 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2318 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002320 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002321 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002322 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002323
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002324 I2C_DELAY
2325
2326 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2327 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002328 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002329 like:
2330
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002331 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002332
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002333 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2334
2335 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2336 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2337 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2338 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2339
2340 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2341 the generic GPIO functions.
2342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002343 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002344
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002345 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2346 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2347 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2348 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2349 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2350 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2351 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2352 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002353
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002354 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2355
2356 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2357 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2358 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2359 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2360 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2361 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2362 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2363 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2364
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002365 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2366
2367 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2368 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2369 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2370
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002371 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2372
2373 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002374 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2375 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002376 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002378 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002379
2380 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002381 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002382 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2383 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002384
2385 e.g.
2386 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002387 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002388
2389 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2390
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002391 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002392 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002393
2394 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002396 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002397
2398 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2399 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002401 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002402
2403 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2404 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002406 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002407
2408 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2409 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002411 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002412
2413 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2414 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2415 specified DTT device.
2416
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002417 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2418
2419 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2420 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2421 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2422 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2423 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2424 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2425 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002426
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002427- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2428
2429 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2430 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2431 D/As on the SACSng board)
2432
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002433 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2434
2435 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2436 only SH7757 is supported.
2437
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438 CONFIG_SPI_X
2439
2440 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2441 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2442
2443 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2444
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002445 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2446 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2447 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2448 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2449 defined, the board configuration must define several
2450 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2451 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002453 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2454
2455 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2456 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2457 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002458 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002459 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2460
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002461 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2462
2463 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002464 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002465
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002466- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2467
2468 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2469
2470 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2471
2472 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2473 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2474
2475 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2476
2477 Enables support for FPGA family.
2478 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2479
2480 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002481
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002482 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002484 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002486 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002488 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002490 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2491 status by the configuration function. This option
2492 will require a board or device specific function to
2493 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494
2495 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2496
2497 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2498 configuration driver.
2499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002503 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002505 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2506 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2507 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2508 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002510 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002511
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002512 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2513 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2514 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002515 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002517 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002519 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002520 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002522 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002523
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002524 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002525 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
2527- Configuration Management:
2528 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2529
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2531 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532
2533- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2534
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002535 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2536 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002537 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002538 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2539 protects these variables from casual modification by
2540 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2541 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002542 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
2544 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2545 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002546 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547 these parameters.
2548
2549 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2550 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002551 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2553 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2554 read-only.]
2555
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002556 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2557 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2558 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2559 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561- Protected RAM:
2562 CONFIG_PRAM
2563
2564 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2565 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2566 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2567 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2568 this default value by defining an environment
2569 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2570 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2571 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2572 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2573 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2574 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2575 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2576
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002577 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578 saveenv
2579
2580 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2581 either, which results in a memory region that will
2582 not be affected by reboots.
2583
2584 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2585 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2586 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2587 following board configurations are known to be
2588 "pRAM-clean":
2589
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002590 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2591 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002592 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002594- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2595 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2596 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2597 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2598 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2599 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2600 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2601
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602- Error Recovery:
2603 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2604
2605 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2606 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2607 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2610 useful during development since you can try to debug
2611 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2612
2613 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2614
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002615 This variable defines the number of retries for
2616 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2617 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2618 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002620 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2621
2622 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2623
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002624 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2625
2626 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2627 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2628 try longer timeout such as
2629 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2630
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002631- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002632 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002633
2634 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2635
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002636 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2637 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002638
2639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002640 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641
2642 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2643 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2644 powerful command line syntax like
2645 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2646 constructs ("shell scripts").
2647
2648 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2649 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2650
2651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002652 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653
2654 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2655 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2656 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2657
2658 Note:
2659
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002660 In the current implementation, the local variables
2661 space and global environment variables space are
2662 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2663 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2664 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2665 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2666 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002668 Global environment variables are those you use
2669 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2670 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2671 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672
2673 To store commands and special characters in a
2674 variable, please use double quotation marks
2675 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2676 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2677 symbols.
2678
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002679- Commandline Editing and History:
2680 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2681
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002682 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002683 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002684
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002685- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2687
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002688 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2689 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002690 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002691
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002692 For example, place something like this in your
2693 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
2695 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2696 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2697 "myvar2=value2\0"
2698
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002699 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2700 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2701 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2702 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002703 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704 You better know what you are doing here.
2705
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002706 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2707 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002708 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002709 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002711 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2712
2713 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2714 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2715 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2716
2717 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2718
2719 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2720 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2721 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2722 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2723 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2724
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002725 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2726
2727 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2728 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2729 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2730
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002731 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2732
2733 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2734 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2735 that so that the environment is not available until
2736 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2737 this is instead controlled by the value of
2738 /config/load-environment.
2739
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002740- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002741 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2742
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002743 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2744 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2745 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002746
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002747- Serial Flash support
2748 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2749
2750 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2751 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2752
2753 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2754 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2755 commands.
2756
2757 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2758 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2759 flash is present on the system.
2760
2761 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2762 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2763 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2764 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2765
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002766 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2767
2768 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2769 test ('sf test').
2770
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302771 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2772
2773 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2774 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2775
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302776 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2777
2778 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2779 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2780 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2781
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002782- SystemACE Support:
2783 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2784
2785 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2786 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002787 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002789
2790 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002792
2793 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2794 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2795
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002796- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2797 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2798
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002799 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002800 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002801 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002802 number generator is used.
2803
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002804 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2805 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2806 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2807
2808 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002809 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2810 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2811 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2812 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2813 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2814 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2815
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002816- Hashing support:
2817 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2818
2819 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2820 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2821
2822 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2823
2824 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2825 size a little.
2826
2827 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2828 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2829
2830 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2831 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2832
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002833- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2834 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2835 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2836 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2837
2838 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2839 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2840 a boot from specific media.
2841
2842 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2843 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2844 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2845 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2846 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2847
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002848- Signing support:
2849 CONFIG_RSA
2850
2851 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002852 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002853
2854 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2855 option.
2856
2857
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002858- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2860
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002861 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2862 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2863 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2864 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2865 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2866 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002868- Detailed boot stage timing
2869 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2870 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2871 of the boot process.
2872
2873 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2874 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2875 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2876 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2877 the limit, recording will stop.
2878
2879 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2880 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2881
2882 Timer summary in microseconds:
2883 Mark Elapsed Stage
2884 0 0 reset
2885 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2886 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2887 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2888 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2889 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2890 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2891 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2892
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002893 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2894 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2895 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2896
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002897 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2898 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2899 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2900 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2901 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2902 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2903 For example:
2904
2905 bootstage {
2906 154 {
2907 name = "board_init_f";
2908 mark = <3575678>;
2909 };
2910 170 {
2911 name = "lcd";
2912 accum = <33482>;
2913 };
2914 };
2915
2916 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2917
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002918Legacy uImage format:
2919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920 Arg Where When
2921 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002922 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002923 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002924 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002925 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002926 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2928 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2929 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002930 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002931 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2932 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2933 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2934 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002935 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002937
2938 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2939 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2940 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2941 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2942 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2943 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2944 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002945 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002946 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2947 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2948
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002949 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002950
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002951 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002952 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2953 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002954
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002955 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2956 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2957 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2958 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2959 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2960 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2961 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2962 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2963 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2964 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2965 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2966 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2967 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2968 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2969 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2970 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2971 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2972 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2973 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2974 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2975 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2976 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2977 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2978 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2979 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2980 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2981 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2982 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2983 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2984 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2985 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2986 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2987 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2988 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2989 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2990 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2991 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2992 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2993 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2994 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2995 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2996 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2997 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2998 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2999 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3000 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3001 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003002
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003003 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003005 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003006 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3007 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003008
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003009 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3010 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003011 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003012 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3013 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3014 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003015 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3016 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003017 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003018
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003019FIT uImage format:
3020
3021 Arg Where When
3022 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3023 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3024 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3025 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3026 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3027 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003028 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003029 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3030 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3031 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3032 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3033 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3035 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003036 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3037 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3038 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3039 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3040 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3041 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3042 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3043 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3044
3045 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3046 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3047 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003049 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3050 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3051 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3052 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3053 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3054 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3055 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3056 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3057 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3058 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3059 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3060 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3061
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003062 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003063 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3064
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003065 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003066 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3067
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003068 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003069 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3070
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003071- FIT image support:
3072 CONFIG_FIT
3073 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3074
3075 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3076 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3077 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3078 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3079 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3080 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3081
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003082 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3083 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3084 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3085 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3086
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003087- Standalone program support:
3088 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3089
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003090 This option defines a board specific value for the
3091 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3092 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003093 settings.
3094
3095- Frame Buffer Address:
3096 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3097
3098 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003099 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3100 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3101 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3102 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3103 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3104 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3105 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003106
3107 Please see board_init_f function.
3108
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003109- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3110 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3111 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3112 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3113
3114 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3115 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3116
3117- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3118 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3119
3120 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3121 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3122
3123 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3124
3125 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3126 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3127
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003128- UBI support
3129 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3130
3131 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3132 with the UBI flash translation layer
3133
3134 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3135
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003136 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3137
3138 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3139 warnings and errors enabled.
3140
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003141- UBIFS support
3142 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3143
3144 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3145 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3146
3147 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3148
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003149 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3150
3151 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3152 warnings and errors enabled.
3153
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003154- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003155 CONFIG_SPL
3156 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003157
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003158 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3159 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3160
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003161 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3162 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3163 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3164 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003165 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003166 must not be both defined at the same time.
3167
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003168 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003169 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3170 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3171 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3172 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003173
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003174 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3175 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003176
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003177 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3178 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3179 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3180
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003181 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3182 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3183
3184 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003185 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3186 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3187 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003188 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003189 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003190
3191 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3192 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3193
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003194 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3195 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3196 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3197 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3198
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003199 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3200 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3201
3202 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3203 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003204
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003205 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3206 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3207 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3208 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3209
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003210 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3211 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3212 about the running system.
3213
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003214 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3215 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3216
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003217 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3218 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003219
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003220 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3221 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003222
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003223 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3224 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003225
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003226 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3227 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003228
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003229 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3230 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003231
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003232 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3233 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3234 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3235 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3236 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3237
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003238 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3239 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3240 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3241
3242 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3243 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3244 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3245 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3246 (for falcon mode)
3247
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003248 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3249 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3250
3251 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3252 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3253
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003254 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3255 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3256 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3257
3258 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3259 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3260 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3261
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003262 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3263 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3264 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3265 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3266 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3267
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003268 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3269 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3270 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3271
3272 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3273 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3274
3275 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3276 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3277
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003278 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003279 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3280 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003281
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003282 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3283 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003284 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003285
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003286 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3287 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3288 SPL binary.
3289
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3291 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3292 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3293 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3294 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3295 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003296 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003297
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303298 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3299 Add support NAND boot
3300
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003301 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003302 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3303
3304 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3305 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3306
3307 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3308 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003309
3310 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003311 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003312
3313 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3314 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3315 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3316
3317 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3318 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3319 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3320
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003321 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3322 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003323
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003324 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3325 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003326
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003327 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3328 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003329
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003330 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3331 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3332
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003333 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3334 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003335
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003336 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3337 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3338
3339 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3340 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3341 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3342 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3343
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003344 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003345 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3346 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3347 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3348 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3349 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003350
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003351 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3352 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3353 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3354 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3355
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003356 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3357 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3358 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3359 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3360 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3361
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003362- TPL framework
3363 CONFIG_TPL
3364 Enable building of TPL globally.
3365
3366 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3367 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3368 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003369 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3370 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3371 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003373Modem Support:
3374--------------
3375
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003376[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003377
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003378- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003379 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3380
3381- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3382 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3383
3384- Modem debug support:
3385 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3386
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003387 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3388 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003390- Interrupt support (PPC):
3391
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003392 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3393 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003394 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003395 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003396 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003397 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003398 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003399 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3400 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3401 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003402
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403- General:
3404
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003405 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3406 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3407 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003408 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003409 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3410 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3411 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003412
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003413 If there are no modem init strings in the
3414 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3415 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003416 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
3418 See also: doc/README.Modem
3419
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003420Board initialization settings:
3421------------------------------
3422
3423During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3424to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3425before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3426following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3427architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3428typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3429
3430- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3431- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3432- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3433- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435Configuration Settings:
3436-----------------------
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3440
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003441- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3442 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003444- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445 prompt for user input.
3446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003447- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003451- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003453- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3455 booted
3456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003457- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003460- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003461 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003463- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003464 If the board specific function
3465 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3466 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003469- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003470 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003472- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003475- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3477 simple memory test.
3478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003479- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003480 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003482- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003483 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3484 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3487 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003488 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003489 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003490 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3491 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3492 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003493 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003494 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003495 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003496
3497 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3498 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3499 be touched.
3500
3501 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3502 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3503 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3504 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3505 problems.
3506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3512
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003513- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003514 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3515 Cogent motherboard)
3516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3522 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003523 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003524 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003527 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3528 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3529 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3530 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003535- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003536 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3537 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003539 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3543 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003544 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3545 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003546 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003547 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003548 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003549 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3550 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3551 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003553- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3554 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3555 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3556 is enabled.
3557
3558- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3559 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3560 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3561
3562- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3563 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3564 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003566- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567 Max number of Flash memory banks
3568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003569- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003575- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003579 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003581- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003582 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003584- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003585 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3586 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003588- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003589
3590 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3591 without this option such a download has to be
3592 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3593 copy from RAM to flash.
3594
3595 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3596 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003597 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3598 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003601- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003602 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003603 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003605- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003606 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3607 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003609- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3610 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3611 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3612 to the MTD layer.
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003615 Use buffered writes to flash.
3616
3617- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3618 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3619 write commands.
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003621- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003622 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3623 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3624 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3625 optionally available.
3626
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003627- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3628 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3629 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3630 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3631
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003632- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3633 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3634 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3635 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3636 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3637 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3638 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3639 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003642 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3643 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003644 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3645 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003646 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003647 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3648
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003649- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3650
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003651 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3652 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3653 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3654 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3655 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003656
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003657- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3658- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003659 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003660 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3661 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3662 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3663
3664 The format of the list is:
3665 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003666 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3667 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003668 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3669 list = entry[,list]
3670
3671 The type attributes are:
3672 s - String (default)
3673 d - Decimal
3674 x - Hexadecimal
3675 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3676 i - IP address
3677 m - MAC address
3678
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003679 The access attributes are:
3680 a - Any (default)
3681 r - Read-only
3682 o - Write-once
3683 c - Change-default
3684
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003685 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3686 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3687 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3688
3689 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3690 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3691 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3692 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3693 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3694 ".flags" variable.
3695
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003696- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3697 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3698 access flags.
3699
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003700- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3701 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3702 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3703 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3704 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3705 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3706 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3707 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3708 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3709
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003710- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3711 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3712 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3713 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3714 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3715
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003716- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3717 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3718 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3719 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003720
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3722of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3723following configurations:
3724
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003725- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3726
3727 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3728 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003730- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
3732 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3733
3734 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3735 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3736 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3737 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3738 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3739 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3740 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3741 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3742 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3743 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3744 between U-Boot and the environment.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003746 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
3748 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3749 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3750 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3751 for this sector is given here.
3752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003753 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003755 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
3757 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3758 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003759 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003761 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
3763 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3764
3765
3766 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3767 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3768 the environment.
3769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003770 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003772 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003773 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3775 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3776
3777 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3778 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3779 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3780 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3781 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3782 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3783 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3784 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3785 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003787 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3788 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003790 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003792 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003793 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
3795BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3796source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3797accordingly!
3798
3799
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003800- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
3802 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3803 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3804 environment.
3805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003806 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3807 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003809 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3811 can just be read and written to, without any special
3812 provision.
3813
3814BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3815in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003816console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817U-Boot will hang.
3818
3819Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3820environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3821keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3822to save the current settings.
3823
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003825- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
3827 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3828 device and a driver for it.
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003830 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3831 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
3833 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3834 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3838 The default address is zero.
3839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003840 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3842 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3843 would require six bits.
3844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003845 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003847 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3851 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003854 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3855 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3856 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3857 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3858 byte chips.
3859
3860 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3861 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3862 in the chip address.
3863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3866
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003867 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3868 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3869 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3870
3871 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3872 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3873 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3874 EEPROM. For example:
3875
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003876 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003877
3878 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3879 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003881- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003882
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003883 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003884 want to use for the environment.
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003886 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3887 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3888 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003889
3890 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3891 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3892 at the specified address.
3893
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003894- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3895
3896 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3897 want to use for the local device's environment.
3898
3899 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3900 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3901
3902 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3903 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3904 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003905 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003906
3907BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3908"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003909environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3910but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003912- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003913
3914 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3915 for the environment.
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003917 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3918 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003919
3920 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003921 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3922 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003923
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003924 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003926 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003927 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3928 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003929 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003930 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003931
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003932 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3933
3934 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3935 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3936 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3937 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3938 the range to be avoided.
3939
3940 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3941
3942 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3943 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3944 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3945 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3946 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003947
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003948- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3949
3950 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3951 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3952 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3953
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003954- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3955
3956 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3957 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3958 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3959
3960 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3961
3962 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3963
3964 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3965
3966 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3967 environment in.
3968
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003969 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3970
3971 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3972 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3973 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3974
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003975 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3976 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3977
3978 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3979 when storing the env in UBI.
3980
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003981- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3982
3983 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3984 environment.
3985
3986 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3987
3988 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3989
3990 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3991
3992 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3993 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3994 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3995
3996 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3997 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3998
3999 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4000 area within the specified MMC device.
4001
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004002 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4003 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4004 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4005 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4006 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4007 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4008 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4009
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004010 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4011 MMC sector boundary.
4012
4013 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4014
4015 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4016 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4017 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4018 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4019
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004020 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4021 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4022
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004023 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4024 an MMC sector boundary.
4025
4026 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4027
4028 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4029 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4030 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
4034 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4035 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4036 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4037 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4038 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4039 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4040 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4041
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004042Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004044created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045until then to read environment variables.
4046
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004047The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4048is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4049with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4050necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4051"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4052have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
4054Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4055the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004056use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004058- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004059 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004062 also needs to be defined.
4063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004064- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004065 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004067- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4068 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4069 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4070 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4071 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4072 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4073
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004074- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4075 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4076 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4077 to do this.
4078
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004079- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4080 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4081 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4082 present.
4083
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004085---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004087- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004090- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004092
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004093 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4094 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4095 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004097- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4098 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4099 PowerPC SOCs.
4100
4101- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4102 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4103 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4104
4105 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4106 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4107
4108- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4109 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4110 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004111 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004112 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4113 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4114 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4115
4116 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4117 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4118
4119- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004120 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4121 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004122 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4123 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4124
4125- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4126 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4127 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4128 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4129
4130- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4131 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4132 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4133
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004134- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004135 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004136
4137 the default drive number (default value 0)
4138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004139 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004140
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004141 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004142 (default value 1)
4143
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004144 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004145
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004146 defines the offset of register from address. It
4147 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004148 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004150 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4151 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004152 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004154 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004155 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4156 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4157 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4158 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004159
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004160- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4161 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4162 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4163 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4164 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4165 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4166 is requierd.
4167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004169 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004170 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004172- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004174 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4176 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4177 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4178 will become available only after programming the
4179 memory controller and running certain initialization
4180 sequences.
4181
4182 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4183 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4184 - MPC824X: data cache
4185 - PPC4xx: data cache
4186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004187- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
4189 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004190 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4191 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004193 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004194 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4195 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4196 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
4198 Note:
4199 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4200 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004201 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4203 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004205- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004207- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004209- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004211- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004213- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004215- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004217- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218 SDRAM timing
4219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004220- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221 periodic timer for refresh
4222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004223- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004225- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4226 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4227 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4228 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4230
4231- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004232 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4233 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4237 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4239 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004241- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4243 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004246 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4247 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4251 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004253- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4255 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4256 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004258- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004259 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4260 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4261 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4262 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004264- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4265 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4266 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4267 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4268 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4269 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4270 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4271 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004272 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004273
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004274- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4275 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4276 required.
4277
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004278- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4279 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4280 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4281 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4282 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4283 by coreboot or similar.
4284
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004285- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4286 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4287
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004288- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4289 Chip has SRIO or not
4290
4291- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4292 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4293
4294- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4295 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4296
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004297- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4298 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4299
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004300- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4301 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4302
4303- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4304 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4305
4306- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4307 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4308
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004309- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4310 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4311 a 16 bit bus.
4312 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004313 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004314 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004315 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004316
4317- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4318 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4319 a default value will be used.
4320
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004321- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004322 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4323 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4324
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004325 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4326 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004328- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004329 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4330 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4331 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004332
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004333- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4334 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4335 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4336 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4337 header files or board specific files.
4338
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004339- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4340 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004343 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4344 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004345
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004346- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4347 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4348
4349- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4350 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004351 to the given FEC; i. e.
4352 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004353 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4354
4355 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4356
4357- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4358 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4359 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4360
4361- CONFIG_RMII
4362 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4363 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4364 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4365
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004366- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4367 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4368 The syntax is:
4369
4370 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4371
4372 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4373 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4374 area should have.
4375
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004376- CONFIG_LOOPW
4377 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004378 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004379
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004380- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4381 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4382 "md/mw" commands.
4383 Examples:
4384
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004385 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004386 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4387
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004388 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004389 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4390
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004391 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004392 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004393
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004394- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004395 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004396 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4397 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4398 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004399
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004400 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4401 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4402 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4403 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004404
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004405- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004406 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4407 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4408 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004409
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004410- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4411 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4412 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4413 It is loaded by the SPL.
4414
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004415- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4416 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4417 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4418 previous 4k of the .text section.
4419
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004420- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4421 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4422 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4423 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4424 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4425 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4426 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4427 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4428
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004429- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4430 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4431 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4432 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4433 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4434
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004435- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4436 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4437 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004438
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004439- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4440 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4441
4442 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004443
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004444- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4445 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4446
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004447Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4448-----------------------------------
4449
4450The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4451loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4452This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4453are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4454within that device.
4455
4456- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4457 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4458 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4459 is also specified.
4460
4461- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4462 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4463 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4464 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4465 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4466
4467- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4468 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4469 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4470 virtual address in NOR flash.
4471
4472- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4473 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4474 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4475
4476- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4477 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4478 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4479
4480- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4481 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4482 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4483
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004484- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4485 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4486 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004487 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4488 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4489 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004490
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491Building the Software:
4492======================
4493
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004494Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4495and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4496all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4497(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4498recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4499which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004500
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004501If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4502have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4503you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4504Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4505necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004507 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4508 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004510Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4511 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4512 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4513 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4514
4515 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4516
4517 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4518 be executed on computers running Windows.
4519
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004520U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4521sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522is done by typing:
4523
4524 make NAME_config
4525
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004526where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004527rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4530 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4531 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4532 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004533 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535 make TQM823L_config
4536 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4539 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4545images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4548- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4549- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004551By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4552in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4553this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4554
45551. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4556
4557 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4558 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4559 make O=/tmp/build all
4560
45612. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4562
4563 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4564 make distclean
4565 make NAME_config
4566 make all
4567
4568Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4569variable.
4570
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4573for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4574native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4578to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4579steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045811. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004582 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4583 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045842. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4585 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4586 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
45873. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4588 your board
45893. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4590 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
45914. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
45925. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4593 to be installed on your target system.
45946. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4595 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4599==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004601If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4602or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004603provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4604the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004605official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004607But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4608cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4610just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004611for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4612select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4613environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4614you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004622When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4623U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4624setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4625built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4626<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4627location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4628variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004629
4630 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4631 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4632 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4633
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004634With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4635log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4636during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004637
4638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642Monitor Commands - Overview:
4643============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645go - start application at address 'addr'
4646run - run commands in an environment variable
4647bootm - boot application image from memory
4648bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004649bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4651 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4652 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004653tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4655diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4656loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4657loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4658md - memory display
4659mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4660nm - memory modify (constant address)
4661mw - memory write (fill)
4662cp - memory copy
4663cmp - memory compare
4664crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004665i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666sspi - SPI utility commands
4667base - print or set address offset
4668printenv- print environment variables
4669setenv - set environment variables
4670saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4671protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4672erase - erase FLASH memory
4673flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004674nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4676iminfo - print header information for application image
4677coninfo - print console devices and informations
4678ide - IDE sub-system
4679loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004680loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681mtest - simple RAM test
4682icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4683dcache - enable or disable data cache
4684reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4685echo - echo args to console
4686version - print monitor version
4687help - print online help
4688? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4692========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
4698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699Environment Variables:
4700======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4703can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004705Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4706"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4707without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4708environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4709working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4710environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004712Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4713
4714List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004726 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4727 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4728 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4729 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4730 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4731 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004732 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4733 bootm_mapsize.
4734
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004735 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004736 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4737 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4738 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4739 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4740 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4741 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004742
4743 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4744 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4745 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4746 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4747 environment variable.
4748
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004749 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4750 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4751 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4754 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4755 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4756 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4759 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4760 be automatically started (by internally calling
4761 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4764 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4765 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4766 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4767 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004769 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4770 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004771 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4772 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4773 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4774 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4775 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4776 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4777 access it during the boot procedure.
4778
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004779 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4780 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4781 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4782 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4783 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4784 must be accessible by the kernel.
4785
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004786 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4787 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4788 defined.
4789
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004790 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4791 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4792 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4793 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4794 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4797 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4798 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4799 is usually what you want since it allows for
4800 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4801 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004802 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4804 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4805 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4806 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4809 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4810 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4811 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4812 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4813 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4818 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4819 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4820 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4821 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4822 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4823 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4828 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004840 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004842 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4843 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004845 => setenv ethact FEC
4846 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4847 => setenv ethact SCC
4848 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004850 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4851 available network interfaces.
4852 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4853
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004854 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4856 When set to "once" the network operation will
4857 fail when all the available network interfaces
4858 are tried once without success.
4859 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4860 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004862 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004863
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004864 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4865 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4866 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4867 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4868 is silent.
4869
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004870 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004871 UDP source port.
4872
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004873 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4874 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4875
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004876 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4877 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4878
4879 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4880 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4881 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4882 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4883 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4884 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4885 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4886
4887 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004888 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004890
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004891The following image location variables contain the location of images
4892used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4893not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4894variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4895server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4896loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4897flash or offset in NAND flash.
4898
4899*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4900boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4901boards use these variables for other purposes.
4902
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004903Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4904----- --------- ----------- --------------
4905u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4906Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4907device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4908ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4911updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4912depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 bootfile - see above
4915 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4916 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4917 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4918 hostname - Target hostname
4919 ipaddr - see above
4920 netmask - Subnet Mask
4921 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4922 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004923
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4928 as type string and/or serial number
4929 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4932the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4933once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
4935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4939 with the "version" command. This variable is
4940 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4944only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004946
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004947Callback functions for environment variables:
4948---------------------------------------------
4949
4950For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4951when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4952be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4953deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4954effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4955
4956The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4957U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4958
4959These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4960static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4961in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4962associations. The list must be in the following format:
4963
4964 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4965 list = entry[,list]
4966
4967If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4968Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4969
4970Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4971with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4972override any association in the static list. You can define
4973CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4974".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4975
4976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977Command Line Parsing:
4978=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4981the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983Old, simple command line parser:
4984--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4987- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004988- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4990 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004991 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4993 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995Hush shell:
4996-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4999 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5000 until...do...done, ...
5001- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5002 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5003 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5004 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006General rules:
5007--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5010 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5011 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5012 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005015 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005016 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5017 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5020=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005021
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005022Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5024"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5027MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5028"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5031in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5032ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5033variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5036 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5039 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5040 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5043 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5046 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5047 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5050 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005052If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005053will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005054may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5055The naming convention is as follows:
5056"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Image Formats:
5059==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005061U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5062images in two formats:
5063
5064New uImage format (FIT)
5065-----------------------
5066
5067Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5068to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5069components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5070SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5071
5072
5073Old uImage format
5074-----------------
5075
5076Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5077preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5078details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5081 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005082 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5083 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5084 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005085* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005086 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5087 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5089* Load Address
5090* Entry Point
5091* Image Name
5092* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5095and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5096CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099Linux Support:
5100==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5103easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5104U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5107special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5108"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5109instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5110serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5113 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5114 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5117 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5120 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5121 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5122 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5123 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5124 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127Linux HOWTO:
5128============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5131---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5134configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5135(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5136Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005138But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5141include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005142Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5143and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005144as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147Configuring the Linux kernel:
5148-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5151device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154Building a Linux Image:
5155-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5158not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5159"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5160U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5161which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5162100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166 make TQM850L_config
5167 make oldconfig
5168 make dep
5169 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5172encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5173CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5180 -R .note -R .comment \
5181 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5190 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5191 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005192
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5195with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5196combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5197byte header containing information about target architecture,
5198operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5199stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5202print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5205contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5206checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 tools/mkimage -l image
5209 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5212from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5215 -n name -d data_file image
5216 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5217 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5218 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5219 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5220 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5221 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5222 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5223 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005224
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005225Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5226address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5227kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5230- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5235 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005236 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5238 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5239 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5240 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5241 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5242 Load Address: 0x00000000
5243 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5248 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5249 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5250 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5251 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5252 Load Address: 0x00000000
5253 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5256speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5257needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5258need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005260 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5262 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005263 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5265 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5266 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5267 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5268 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5269 Load Address: 0x00000000
5270 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5274when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5277 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5278 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5279 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5280 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5281 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5282 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5283 Load Address: 0x00000000
5284 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005285
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005286The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5287option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5288option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5289from the image:
5290
5291 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5292 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5293 indexed by 'position'
5294
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296Installing a Linux Image:
5297-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5300you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5305image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5306address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5307specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5308command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005310Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5311TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 .......... done
5316 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 => loads 40100000
5319 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5320 ~>examples/image.srec
5321 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5322 ...
5323 15989 15990 15991 15992
5324 [file transfer complete]
5325 [connected]
5326 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005327
5328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005330this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5336 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5337 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5338 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5339 Load Address: 00000000
5340 Entry Point: 0000000c
5341 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
5343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344Boot Linux:
5345-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5348memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5349of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5350parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5351"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
5353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 => printenv bootargs
5355 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359 => printenv bootargs
5360 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 => bootm 40020000
5363 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5364 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5365 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5366 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5367 Load Address: 00000000
5368 Entry Point: 0000000c
5369 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5370 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5371 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5372 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5373 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5374 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5375 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5376 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005378If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5380format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5385 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5386 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5387 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5388 Load Address: 00000000
5389 Entry Point: 0000000c
5390 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5393 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5394 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5395 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5396 Load Address: 00000000
5397 Entry Point: 00000000
5398 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5401 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5402 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5403 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5404 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5405 Load Address: 00000000
5406 Entry Point: 0000000c
5407 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5408 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5409 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5410 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5411 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5412 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5413 Load Address: 00000000
5414 Entry Point: 00000000
5415 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5416 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5417 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5418 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5419 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5420 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5421 ...
5422 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5423 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005427Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5428-----------
5429
5430First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5431titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5432following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5433flat device tree:
5434
5435=> print oftaddr
5436oftaddr=0x300000
5437=> print oft
5438oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5439=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5440Speed: 1000, full duplex
5441Using TSEC0 device
5442TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5443Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5444Load address: 0x300000
5445Loading: #
5446done
5447Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5448=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5449Speed: 1000, full duplex
5450Using TSEC0 device
5451TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5452Filename 'uImage'.
5453Load address: 0x200000
5454Loading:############
5455done
5456Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5457=> print loadaddr
5458loadaddr=200000
5459=> print oftaddr
5460oftaddr=0x300000
5461=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5462## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005463 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5464 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5465 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005466 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005467 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005468 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5469 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5470Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5471Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5472Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5473[snip]
5474
5475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476More About U-Boot Image Types:
5477------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005479U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5482 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5483 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5484 the Standalone Program.
5485 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5486 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5487 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5488 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5489 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5490 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5491 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5492 being started.
5493 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5494 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5495 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5496 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5497 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5498 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5501 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5502 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5503 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5504 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5505 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5508 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5509 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5512 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5513 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5514 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005515
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005516Booting the Linux zImage:
5517-------------------------
5518
5519On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5520using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5521as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5522
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005523Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005524kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5525address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5526format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5527
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529Standalone HOWTO:
5530=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5533run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5534U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538"Hello World" Demo:
5539-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5542application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5543It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5544like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546 => loads
5547 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5548 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5549 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5550 [file transfer complete]
5551 [connected]
5552 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5555 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5556 Hello World
5557 argc = 7
5558 argv[0] = "40004"
5559 argv[1] = "Hello"
5560 argv[2] = "World!"
5561 argv[3] = "This"
5562 argv[4] = "is"
5563 argv[5] = "a"
5564 argv[6] = "test."
5565 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5566 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5571handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5572Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5573The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5574character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5575controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5578 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5579 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5580 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582 => loads
5583 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5584 ~>examples/timer.srec
5585 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5586 [file transfer complete]
5587 [connected]
5588 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590 => go 40004
5591 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5592 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5593 Using timer 1
5594 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596Hit 'b':
5597 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5598 Enabling timer
5599Hit '?':
5600 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5601 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5602Hit '?':
5603 [q, b, e, ?] .
5604 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5605Hit '?':
5606 [q, b, e, ?] .
5607 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5608Hit '?':
5609 [q, b, e, ?] .
5610 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5611Hit 'e':
5612 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5613Hit 'q':
5614 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
5616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617Minicom warning:
5618================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5621"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5622consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5623Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5624especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005625use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5626http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5627for help with kermit.
5628
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5631configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5634 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5635 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005636
5637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638NetBSD Notes:
5639=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005641Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5642(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5645NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5646need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5647Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5648attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5649missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5652 # mkdir powerpc
5653 # ln -s powerpc machine
5654 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5655 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005657Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5658and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5661stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5662proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5663tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005664meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
5666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667Implementation Internals:
5668=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5671implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5672inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5673hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
5675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676Initial Stack, Global Data:
5677---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5680starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5681system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5682This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5683is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5684at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5685options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5686models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5687MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5688locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005690 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005691 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5694 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5695 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5696 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5699 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5700 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5701 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5702 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005703 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5705 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5708 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005709 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5711 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5712 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5713 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005715 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5717 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005718 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5720 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5721 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5722 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5723 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725 -Chris Hallinan
5726 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5729code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5732 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005734* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5736 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5739 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5742normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5743turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5744simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5745functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5746functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5747the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5748place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5749reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5752relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5753GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005755For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5756 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005757 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5759 R5-R10: parameter passing
5760 R13: small data area pointer
5761 R30: GOT pointer
5762 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005764 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5765 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5766 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005768 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5771 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5772 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5773 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5774 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5775 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005776
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005777On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005778 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5779
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005780 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 R0: function argument word/integer result
5785 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005786 R9: platform specific
5787 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5789 R12: temporary workspace
5790 R13: stack pointer
5791 R14: link register
5792 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005793
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005794 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5795
5796 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005798On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5799 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5800
5801 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5802
5803 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5804 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5805
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005806On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5807
5808 R0-R1: argument/return
5809 R2-R5: argument
5810 R15: temporary register for assembler
5811 R16: trampoline register
5812 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5813 R29: global pointer (GP)
5814 R30: link register (LP)
5815 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5816 PC: program counter (PC)
5817
5818 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5819
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005820NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5821or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823Memory Management:
5824------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5827MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5830controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5831memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5832physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5835TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5836booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5837to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005838memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5840Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5843of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5846this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5849 :
5850 0x0000 1FFF
5851 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5852 :
5853 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855 :
5856 :
5857 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5858 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5859 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5860 :
5861 0x00FD FFFF
5862 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5863 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5864 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5865 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
5867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868System Initialization:
5869----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005872(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5874To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5875To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5876initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5877which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5878part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5879the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5882preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5883(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5884on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5885programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5886simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5887banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5890different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5891bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58920x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5893contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5896and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5897Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5898pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5901until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5902running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5903new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
5905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906U-Boot Porting Guide:
5907----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5910list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005911
5912
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005913int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914{
5915 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005917 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5918 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005921 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922 return 0;
5923 }
5924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925 Download latest U-Boot source;
5926
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005927 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005928
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005929 if (clueless)
5930 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005932 while (learning) {
5933 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005934 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5935 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005937 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005940 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5941 Buy a BDI3000;
5942 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005944
5945 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5946 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5947 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5948 } else {
5949 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5950 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005952 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5953 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005955 while (!accepted) {
5956 while (!running) {
5957 do {
5958 Add / modify source code;
5959 } until (compiles);
5960 Debug;
5961 if (clueless)
5962 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5963 }
5964 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5965 if (reasonable critiques)
5966 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5967 else
5968 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971 return 0;
5972}
5973
5974void no_more_time (int sig)
5975{
5976 hire_a_guru();
5977}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005978
5979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980Coding Standards:
5981-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005983All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005984coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005985"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005986
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005987Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5988MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5989reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5990sources.
5991
5992Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5993Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5994in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005995
5996Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5997- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005998- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006000- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006001- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6002
6003Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6004with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
6006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006007Submitting Patches:
6008-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006010Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6011establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6012may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006013
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006014Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006015
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006016Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6017see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006019When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6020it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006022* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6023 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6024 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006026* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6027 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006029* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6030
6031* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6032
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006033* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6034 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035
6036* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6037 document these in the README file.
6038
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006039* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6040 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006041 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006042 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6043 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006045 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6046 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6047 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006048
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006049 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6050 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6051 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6052 affected files).
6053
6054 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6055 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056
6057* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6058 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6059
6060* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6061 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6062
6063
6064Notes:
6065
6066* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6067 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6068 for any of the boards.
6069
6070* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6071 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6072 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6073
6074* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6075 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6076 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6077 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6078 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6079 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006080
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006081* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6082 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6083 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6084 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.